1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <[email protected]> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <[email protected]> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <[email protected]> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <[email protected]> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <[email protected]> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <[email protected]> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <[email protected]> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2023 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information; this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant to react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame is transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs; they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these; they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occurs. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence: pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is 198 * not present. 199 * 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 207 * 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 211 */ 212 213 /** 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 215 * 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertised by drivers by 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 231 * 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 234 * up a connection or after roaming. 235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 241 * 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertised by a FILS 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station 256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by 257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. 258 * 259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in 260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode 261 * respectively. 262 */ 263 264 /** 265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 266 * 267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 273 * that main netdev. 274 * 275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 278 */ 279 280 /** 281 * DOC: TID configuration 282 * 283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 285 * 286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 289 * 290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 293 * any peers that have peer-specific configuration for the TID by default; if 294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer-specific values 295 * will be overwritten. 296 * 297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection, 298 * i.e., the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 300 * the interface goes down. 301 */ 302 303 /** 304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload 305 * 306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode. 307 * 308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting 309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt 311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai. 312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace. 313 * 314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the 315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association 316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters 317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA 319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption 320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption 321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 322 * 323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data. 324 */ 325 326 /** 327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation 328 * 329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple 330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need 331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute. 332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link 333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to 334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions. 335 */ 336 337 /** 338 * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload 339 * 340 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate 341 * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is 342 * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and 343 * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK. 344 */ 345 346 /** 347 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 348 * 349 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 350 * 351 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 352 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 354 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 357 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 359 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 360 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 361 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 362 * compatibility only. 363 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 364 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 365 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 366 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 368 * 369 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 370 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 371 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 372 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 373 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 374 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 375 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 376 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 377 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 378 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 379 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 381 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 382 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 383 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are 384 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 385 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all 386 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well. 387 * 388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 389 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 390 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key, 391 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 392 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 393 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 394 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by 395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 397 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 398 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents 399 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO 400 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 401 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 402 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address 403 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by 404 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 405 * 406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 407 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 408 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 409 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 410 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 411 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 412 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 413 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 414 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 415 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 416 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 417 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 418 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 419 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 420 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 421 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 422 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 423 * attributes determining channel width. 424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 425 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 427 * 428 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 429 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 430 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 431 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 432 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 433 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 434 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 435 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 436 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in 437 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 438 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 439 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 440 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 441 * frame). 442 * 443 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 444 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 445 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 446 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 447 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 448 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 449 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 450 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 451 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 452 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 453 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 454 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 455 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 456 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 457 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 458 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 459 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 460 * 461 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 462 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 463 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 464 * global regdomain will be returned. 465 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 466 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 467 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 468 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 469 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 470 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 471 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 472 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 473 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 474 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 475 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 476 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 477 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 478 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 479 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 480 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 481 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 482 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 483 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 484 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 485 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 486 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 487 * 488 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 489 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 490 * 491 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 492 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 493 * 494 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 495 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 496 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 497 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 498 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 499 * added to all specified management frames generated by 500 * kernel/firmware/driver. 501 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 502 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 503 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 504 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 505 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 506 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 507 * 508 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 509 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 510 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 511 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 512 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 513 * be used. 514 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 515 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 516 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 517 * partial scan results may be available 518 * 519 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 520 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 521 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 522 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 523 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 524 * These attributes are mutually exclusive, 525 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 526 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 527 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 528 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 529 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 530 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 531 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 532 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 533 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 534 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 535 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 536 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 537 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 538 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 539 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 540 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 541 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 542 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 543 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 544 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 545 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 546 * results available. 547 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 548 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 549 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 550 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 551 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 552 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 553 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 554 * 555 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey results, e.g. channel occupation 556 * or noise level 557 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 558 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 559 * 560 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 561 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 562 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 563 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 564 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 565 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 566 * advertised by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 567 * ESS. 568 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 569 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 570 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 571 * authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads 572 * PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID. 573 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 574 * 575 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 576 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 577 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 578 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 579 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 580 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 581 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 582 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 583 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 584 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 585 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 586 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 587 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 588 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 589 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 590 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 591 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 592 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 593 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 594 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 595 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 596 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 597 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 598 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 599 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 600 * the beacon hint was processed. 601 * 602 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 603 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 604 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 605 * authentication process. 606 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 607 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 608 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 609 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 610 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 611 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequency of the 612 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 613 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 614 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 615 * to the frame. 616 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 617 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 618 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 619 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 620 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 621 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 622 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 623 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 624 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 625 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 626 * pending authentication timed out). 627 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 628 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 629 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 630 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 631 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 632 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 633 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 634 * included). 635 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 636 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 637 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 638 * primitives). 639 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 640 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 641 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 642 * 643 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 644 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 645 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 646 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 647 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 648 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 649 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 650 * 651 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 652 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 653 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 654 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 655 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 656 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 657 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 658 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 659 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 660 * determined by the network interface. 661 * 662 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 663 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 664 * to the driver. 665 * 666 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 667 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 668 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 669 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 670 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 671 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 672 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 673 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 674 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 675 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 676 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 677 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 678 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 679 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 680 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 681 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 682 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 683 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 684 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 685 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 686 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 687 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 688 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 689 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 690 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 691 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 692 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 693 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 694 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 695 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 696 * a different BSS is desired. 697 * Background scan period can optionally be 698 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 699 * if not specified default background scan configuration 700 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 701 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 702 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 703 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 704 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 705 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 706 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 707 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 708 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 709 * well to remain backwards compatible. 710 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 711 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using 712 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an 713 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 714 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue 715 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the 716 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to. 717 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 718 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 719 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 720 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 721 * 722 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 723 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 724 * 725 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 726 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 727 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 728 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 729 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 730 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 731 * frequency for the operation. 732 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 733 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 734 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 735 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 736 * radio). 737 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 738 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 739 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 740 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 741 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 742 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 743 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 744 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 745 * uniquely identify the request. 746 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 747 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 748 * 749 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 750 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 751 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 752 * 753 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 754 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 755 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 756 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 757 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 758 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 759 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 760 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 761 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 762 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 763 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 764 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 765 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 766 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 767 * backward compatibility 768 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 769 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 770 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 771 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 772 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 773 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 774 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 775 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 776 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 777 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 778 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 779 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 780 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 781 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 782 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 783 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 784 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 785 * is used during CSA period. 786 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be 787 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses 788 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by 789 * lower layers. 790 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 791 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may 792 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp. 793 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 794 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 795 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 796 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 797 * wait time. 798 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 799 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 800 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 801 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 802 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 803 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the 804 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 805 * indicate the ack RX timestamp. 806 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 807 * backward compatibility. 808 * 809 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 810 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 811 * 812 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 813 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 814 * levels. 815 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 816 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 817 * reached. 818 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 819 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 820 * (identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 821 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 822 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 823 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 824 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 825 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 826 * precedence when they are used. 827 * 828 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface 829 * (no longer supported). 830 * 831 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 832 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 833 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 834 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 835 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 836 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 837 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 838 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 839 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 840 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 841 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 842 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 843 * command, the feature is disabled. 844 * 845 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 846 * mesh config parameters may be given. 847 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 848 * network is determined by the network interface. 849 * 850 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 851 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 852 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 853 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 854 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 855 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 856 * 857 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 858 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 859 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 860 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 861 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 862 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 863 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 864 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 865 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 866 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 867 * depending on the authentication result. 868 * 869 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 870 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 871 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 872 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 873 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 874 * more background information, see 875 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 876 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 877 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 878 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 879 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 880 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 881 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 882 * 883 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 884 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 885 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 886 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 887 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 888 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 889 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 890 * 891 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 892 * of PMKSA caching candidates. 893 * 894 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 895 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 896 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 897 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 898 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 899 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 900 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 901 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 902 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 903 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 904 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 905 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 906 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 907 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 908 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 909 * 910 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 911 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 912 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 913 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 914 * is received. 915 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 916 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 917 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 918 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 919 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 920 * 921 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 922 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 923 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 924 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 925 * 926 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 927 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 928 * acknowledged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 929 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 930 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 931 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 932 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 933 * 934 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 935 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 936 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 937 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 938 * 939 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 940 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 941 * 942 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 943 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 944 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 945 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 946 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 947 * from the remote AP) is completed; 948 * 949 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 950 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 951 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 952 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 953 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 954 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 955 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 956 * interfaces to change channel as well. 957 * 958 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 959 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 960 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 961 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 962 * public action frame TX. 963 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 964 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 965 * 966 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 967 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 968 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 969 * is used for this. 970 * 971 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 972 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 973 * 974 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 975 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 976 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 977 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 978 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 979 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 980 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 981 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 982 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 983 * 984 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 985 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 986 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 987 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 988 * while operating on this channel. 989 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 990 * event. 991 * 992 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 993 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 994 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 995 * 996 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 997 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 998 * 999 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 1000 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 1001 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 1002 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 1003 * 1004 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 1005 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 1006 * complete. 1007 * 1008 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 1009 * return back to normal. 1010 * 1011 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 1012 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 1013 * 1014 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 1015 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 1016 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 1017 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 1018 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 1019 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 1020 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 1021 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 1022 * switch is complete. 1023 * 1024 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 1025 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 1026 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 1027 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 1028 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 1029 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 1030 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 1031 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 1032 * 1033 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 1034 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 1035 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 1036 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 1037 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 1038 * 1039 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 1040 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 1041 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 1042 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 1043 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 1044 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 1045 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 1046 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 1047 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 1048 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 1049 * fail even if the check was successful. 1050 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 1051 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 1052 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 1053 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 1054 * 1055 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 1056 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 1057 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 1058 * 1059 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 1060 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 1061 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 1062 * network is determined by the network interface. 1063 * 1064 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 1065 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 1066 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 1067 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 1068 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 1069 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 1070 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 1071 * AP. 1072 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 1073 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 1074 * when this command completes. 1075 * 1076 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 1077 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 1078 * management. 1079 * 1080 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 1081 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 1082 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 1083 * 1084 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1085 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1086 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1087 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1088 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1089 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1090 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1091 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1092 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 1093 * added. 1094 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1095 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1096 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1097 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1098 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1099 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1100 * of the function upon success. 1101 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1102 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1103 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1104 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1105 * which just terminated. 1106 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1107 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1108 * the response to this command. 1109 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1110 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1111 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1112 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1113 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1114 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1115 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1116 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1117 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1118 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1119 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1120 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1121 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1122 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1123 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1124 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1125 * 1126 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1127 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1128 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1129 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1130 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1131 * 1132 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1133 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1134 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1135 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1136 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1137 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1138 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1139 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates port is authorized and 1140 * open for regular data traffic. For STA/P2P-client, this event is sent 1141 * with AP MAC address and for AP/P2P-GO, the event carries the STA/P2P- 1142 * client MAC address. 1143 * Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload should send this event for 1144 * STA/P2P-client after successful 4-way HS or after 802.1X FT following 1145 * NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or NL80211_CMD_ROAM. Drivers using AP/P2P-GO 4-way 1146 * handshake offload should send this event on successful completion of 1147 * 4-way handshake with the peer (STA/P2P-client). 1148 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1149 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1150 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1151 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1152 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1153 * 802.11 headers. 1154 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and 1155 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known 1156 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit 1157 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both 1158 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link 1159 * address of that link. 1160 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1161 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1162 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1163 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1164 * 1165 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1166 * 1167 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1168 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1169 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1170 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1171 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1172 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1173 * 1174 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1175 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1176 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1177 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1178 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1179 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1180 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1181 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1182 * command interface. 1183 * 1184 * Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in 1185 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO 1186 * during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD 1187 * APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability 1188 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling 1189 * MLO during the authentication offload or not. 1190 * User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it 1191 * receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User 1192 * space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request 1193 * doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable. 1194 * User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and 1195 * interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD 1196 * address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and 1197 * BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the 1198 * MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the 1199 * authentication. 1200 * 1201 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1202 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1203 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1204 * 1205 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1206 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1207 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1208 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1209 * 1210 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1211 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1212 * 1213 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1214 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1215 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1216 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1217 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1218 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1219 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in 1220 * the netlink extended ack message. 1221 * 1222 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1223 * 1224 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1225 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1226 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1227 * buffer size. 1228 * 1229 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1230 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1231 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1232 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1233 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1234 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1235 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1236 * 1237 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1238 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1239 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1240 * determining the width and type. 1241 * 1242 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1243 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1244 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1245 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1246 * 1247 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1248 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1249 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1250 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1251 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1252 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1253 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1254 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1255 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1256 * rate selection. 1257 * 1258 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1259 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1260 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1261 * 1262 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1263 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1264 * 1265 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1266 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1267 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1268 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1269 * 1270 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1271 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1272 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1273 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1274 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1275 * 1276 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is 1277 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to 1278 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to. 1279 * 1280 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever 1281 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision. 1282 * 1283 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that 1284 * userspace wants to change the BSS color. 1285 * 1286 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has 1287 * started 1288 * 1289 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has 1290 * been aborted 1291 * 1292 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change 1293 * has completed 1294 * 1295 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using - 1296 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address 1297 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK 1298 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces 1299 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 1300 * 1301 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association 1302 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1303 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to 1304 * specify the timeout value. 1305 * 1306 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The 1307 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link. 1308 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come 1309 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links 1310 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP. 1311 * 1312 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station 1313 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station 1314 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station 1315 * 1316 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing 1317 * measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1318 * is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the 1319 * specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for 1320 * all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC 1321 * address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable 1322 * HW timestamping. 1323 * The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently 1324 * is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS. 1325 * 1326 * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD 1327 * setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with 1328 * Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide 1329 * information about the removed STA MLD setup links. 1330 * 1331 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING: Set the TID to Link Mapping for a 1332 * non-AP MLD station. The %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK and 1333 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK attributes are used to specify the 1334 * TID to Link mapping for downlink/uplink traffic. 1335 * 1336 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1337 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1338 */ 1339 enum nl80211_commands { 1340 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1341 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1342 1343 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1344 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1345 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1346 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1347 1348 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1349 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1350 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1351 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1352 1353 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1354 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1355 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1356 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1357 1358 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1359 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1360 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1361 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1362 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1363 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1364 1365 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1366 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1367 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1368 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1369 1370 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1371 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1372 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1373 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1374 1375 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1376 1377 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1378 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1379 1380 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1381 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1382 1383 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1384 1385 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1386 1387 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1388 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1389 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1390 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1391 1392 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1393 1394 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1395 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1396 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1397 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1398 1399 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1400 1401 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1402 1403 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1404 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1405 1406 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1407 1408 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1409 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1410 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1411 1412 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1413 1414 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1415 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1416 1417 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1418 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1419 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1420 1421 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1422 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1423 1424 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1425 1426 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1427 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1428 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1429 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1430 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1431 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1432 1433 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1434 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1435 1436 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1437 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1438 1439 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1440 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1441 1442 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1443 1444 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1445 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1446 1447 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1448 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1449 1450 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1451 1452 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1453 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1454 1455 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1456 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1457 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1458 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1459 1460 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1461 1462 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1463 1464 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1465 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1466 1467 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1468 1469 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1470 1471 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1472 1473 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1474 1475 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1476 1477 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1478 1479 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1480 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1481 1482 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1483 1484 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1485 1486 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1487 1488 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1489 1490 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1491 1492 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1493 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1494 1495 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1496 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1497 1498 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1499 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1500 1501 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1502 1503 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1504 1505 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1506 1507 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1508 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1509 1510 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1511 1512 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1513 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1514 1515 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1516 1517 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1518 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1519 1520 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1521 1522 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1523 1524 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1525 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1526 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1527 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1528 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1529 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1530 1531 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1532 1533 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1534 1535 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1536 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1537 1538 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1539 1540 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1541 1542 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1543 1544 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1545 1546 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1547 1548 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1549 1550 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1551 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1552 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1553 1554 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1555 1556 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1557 1558 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1559 1560 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1561 1562 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1563 1564 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1565 1566 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS, 1567 1568 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 1569 1570 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST, 1571 1572 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 1573 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 1574 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 1575 1576 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD, 1577 1578 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK, 1579 1580 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK, 1581 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK, 1582 1583 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA, 1584 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA, 1585 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA, 1586 1587 NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP, 1588 1589 NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED, 1590 1591 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING, 1592 1593 /* add new commands above here */ 1594 1595 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1596 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1597 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1598 }; 1599 1600 /* 1601 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1602 * here 1603 */ 1604 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1605 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1606 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1607 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1608 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1609 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1610 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1611 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1612 1613 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1614 1615 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1616 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1617 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1618 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1619 1620 /** 1621 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1622 * 1623 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1624 * 1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1626 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1627 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1630 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1631 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1632 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1633 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1634 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1635 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1636 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1638 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1639 * operating channel center frequency. 1640 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1641 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1643 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1644 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1645 * this attribute) 1646 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1647 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1648 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1649 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1651 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1652 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1653 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1654 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1655 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1656 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1657 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1658 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1660 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1661 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1663 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1664 * 1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1667 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1668 * 1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1670 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1671 * 1672 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1673 * 1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1675 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1676 * keys 1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1679 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1681 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1684 * default management key 1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1686 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1688 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1689 * 1690 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1693 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1694 * 1695 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1697 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1699 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1701 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1702 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1704 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. 1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1706 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1707 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1708 * 1709 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1710 * consisting of a nested array. 1711 * 1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1713 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1714 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1715 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1717 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1718 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1719 * 1720 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1721 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1722 * 1723 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1724 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1725 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1726 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1727 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1728 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1729 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1730 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1731 * to a specific alpha2. 1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1733 * rules. 1734 * 1735 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1737 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1738 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1739 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1740 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1741 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1742 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1743 * 1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1745 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1746 * 1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1748 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1749 * of the interface mode. 1750 * 1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1752 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1753 * 1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1755 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1756 * 1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1758 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1760 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1762 * that can be added to a scan request 1763 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1764 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1765 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1766 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1767 * 1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1770 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1771 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1772 * 1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1774 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1776 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1777 * 1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1779 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1780 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1781 * 1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1783 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1784 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1786 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1787 * represented as a u32 1788 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1789 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1790 * 1791 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1792 * a u32 1793 * 1794 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1795 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1796 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1797 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1798 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1799 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1800 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1801 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1802 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1803 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1804 * 1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1806 * cipher suites 1807 * 1808 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1809 * for other networks on different channels 1810 * 1811 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1812 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1813 * 1814 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1815 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1816 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1817 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1818 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1819 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1820 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1821 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1822 * 1823 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1824 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1825 * 1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1827 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1828 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1829 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1830 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1831 * default in station mode. 1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1833 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1834 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1835 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1836 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1837 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1839 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1840 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1842 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1843 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1844 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1845 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1846 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1847 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1848 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1849 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1850 * frames are not forwarded over the control port. 1851 * 1852 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1853 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1854 * 1855 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1856 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1857 * a local disconnect request. 1858 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1859 * event (u16) 1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1861 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1862 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1863 * 1864 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1865 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1866 * (an array of u32). 1867 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1868 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1869 * u32). 1870 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1871 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1872 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1873 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1874 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1875 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1876 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1877 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1878 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1879 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1880 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1881 * 1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1883 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1885 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1886 * 1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1888 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1889 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1890 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1891 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1892 * 1893 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1894 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1895 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1896 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1897 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1898 * 1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1900 * 1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1902 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1903 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1904 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1905 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1906 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1907 * completely from scratch. 1908 * 1909 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1910 * 1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1912 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1913 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1914 * 1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1916 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1917 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1918 * 1919 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1921 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1922 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1923 * 1924 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1925 * 1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1927 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1928 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1929 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1930 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1931 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1932 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1933 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1934 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1935 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1936 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 1937 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and 1938 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE. 1939 * 1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1941 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1943 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1945 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1946 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1947 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1949 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1950 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1951 * 1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1953 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1954 * 1955 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1956 * 1957 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1958 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1959 * 1960 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1961 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1962 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1963 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1964 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1965 * 1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1967 * connected to this BSS. 1968 * 1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1970 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1971 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1972 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1973 * for non-automatic settings. 1974 * 1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1976 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1977 * 1978 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1979 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1980 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1981 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1982 * 1983 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1984 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1985 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1986 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1987 * a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not. 1988 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1989 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1990 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not. 1991 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1992 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1993 * 1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1995 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1996 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1997 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1998 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1999 * 2000 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 2001 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 2002 * 2003 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 2004 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 2005 * 2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 2007 * 2008 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 2009 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 2010 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 2011 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 2012 * nl80211 capability flag. 2013 * 2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 2015 * 2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 2017 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 2018 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 2019 * 2020 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 2021 * changed once the mesh is active. 2022 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 2023 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 2024 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 2025 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 2026 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 2027 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 2028 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 2029 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 2030 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 2031 * 2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 2033 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 2035 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 2036 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 2037 * triggers. 2038 * 2039 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 2040 * cycles, in msecs. 2041 * 2042 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 2043 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 2044 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 2045 * pass-thru filter rules. 2046 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 2047 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 2048 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 2049 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 2050 * able to ignore them by itself. 2051 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 2052 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 2053 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 2054 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 2055 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 2056 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 2057 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 2058 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 2059 * 2060 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 2061 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 2062 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 2063 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 2064 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 2065 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 2066 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 2067 * 2068 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 2069 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 2070 * 2071 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 2072 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 2073 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 2074 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 2075 * 2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 2077 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 2078 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 2079 * 2080 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 2081 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 2082 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 2083 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 2085 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 2086 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 2087 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 2088 * (Re)Association Request frames. 2089 * 2090 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 2091 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 2092 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 2093 * as AP. 2094 * 2095 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 2096 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 2097 * 2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 2099 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 2100 * 2101 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 2102 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 2103 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 2104 * applications use this attribute. 2105 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 2106 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 2107 * 2108 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 2109 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 2110 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 2112 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 2113 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 2114 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 2115 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 2116 * as a TDLS peer sta. 2117 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 2118 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 2119 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 2120 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 2121 * 2122 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 2123 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 2124 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 2125 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 2126 * 2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 2128 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 2129 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 2130 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 2131 * 2132 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 2133 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 2135 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 2136 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 2137 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 2138 * 2139 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 2140 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 2141 * to be filled by the FW. 2142 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 2143 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2144 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable 2146 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2147 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2148 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable 2149 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2150 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 2152 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 2153 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 2154 * The values that may be configured are: 2155 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 2156 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 2157 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 2158 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 2159 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 2160 * 2161 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 2162 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 2163 * to one DFS region. 2164 * 2165 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 2166 * up to 16 TIDs. 2167 * 2168 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 2169 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 2170 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 2171 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 2172 * capability to timeout the stations. 2173 * 2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 2175 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 2176 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 2177 * 2178 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 2179 * or 0 to disable background scan. 2180 * 2181 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 2182 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 2183 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 2184 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 2185 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 2186 * 2187 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 2188 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 2189 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 2190 * 2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 2192 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 2193 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 2194 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 2195 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 2196 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 2197 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 2198 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 2199 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 2200 * consistent. 2201 * 2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 2203 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2204 * 2205 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 2206 * 2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 2208 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 2210 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 2211 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 2212 * no change is made. 2213 * 2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2215 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 2216 * 2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 2218 * carried in a u32 attribute 2219 * 2220 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 2221 * MAC ACL. 2222 * 2223 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2224 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2225 * ACL. 2226 * 2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2228 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2229 * 2230 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2231 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2232 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2233 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2234 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2235 * 2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2237 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2238 * 2239 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2240 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2241 * and PU-APSD. 2242 * 2243 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2244 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2245 * 2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2247 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2248 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2249 * 2250 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2251 * 2252 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2253 * Element 2254 * 2255 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2256 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2257 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2258 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2259 * 2260 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2261 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2262 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2263 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 2264 * 2265 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2266 * 2267 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2268 * until the channel switch event. 2269 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2270 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2271 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet 2272 * was requested by the AP. 2273 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2274 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2276 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2277 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2278 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2279 * 2280 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2281 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2282 * 2283 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2284 * 2285 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2286 * operating classes. 2287 * 2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2289 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2290 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2291 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2292 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2293 * IBSS network. 2294 * 2295 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2296 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2297 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2298 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2299 * 2300 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2301 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2302 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2303 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2304 * u8 attribute. 2305 * 2306 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2307 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2308 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2309 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2310 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2311 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2312 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2313 * 2314 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2315 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2316 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2317 * 2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2320 * 2321 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2322 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2323 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2324 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2325 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2326 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2327 * 2328 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2329 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2330 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2331 * supported number of csa counters. 2332 * 2333 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2334 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2335 * 2336 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2337 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2338 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2339 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2340 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2341 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2342 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2343 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2344 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2345 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2346 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2347 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2348 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2349 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2350 * multicast group. 2351 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2352 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2353 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2354 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2355 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2356 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2357 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2358 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2359 * 2360 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2361 * the TDLS link initiator. 2362 * 2363 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2364 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2365 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2366 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2367 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2368 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2369 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2370 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2371 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2372 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2373 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2374 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2375 * 2376 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2377 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2378 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2379 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2380 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2381 * 2382 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2383 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2384 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2385 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2386 * 2387 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2388 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2389 * 2390 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2391 * 2392 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2393 * 2394 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2395 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2396 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2397 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2398 * 2399 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2400 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2401 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2402 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2403 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2404 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2405 * 2406 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2407 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2408 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2409 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2410 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2411 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2412 * over all channels. 2413 * 2414 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2415 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2416 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2417 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2418 2419 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2420 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2421 * 2422 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2423 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2424 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2425 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2426 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2427 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2428 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2429 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2430 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2431 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2432 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2433 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2434 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2435 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2436 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2437 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2438 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2439 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2440 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2441 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2442 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2443 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2444 * 2445 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2446 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2447 * 2448 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2449 * 2450 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2451 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2452 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and 2453 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO, 2454 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are 2455 * present. 2456 * 2457 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2458 * groupID for monitor mode. 2459 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2460 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2461 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2462 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2463 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2464 * each group. 2465 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2466 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2467 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2468 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2469 * groupID data. 2470 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2471 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2472 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2473 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2474 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2475 * 2476 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2477 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2478 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2479 * attribute must not be included). 2480 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2481 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2482 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2483 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2484 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2485 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2486 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2487 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2488 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2489 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2490 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2491 * 2492 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2493 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2494 * 2495 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2496 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2497 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2498 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2499 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2500 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2501 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2502 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2503 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2504 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2505 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2506 * the device will decide what to use. 2507 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2508 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2509 * attribute. 2510 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2511 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2512 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2513 * protection. 2514 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2515 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2516 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2517 * 2518 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2519 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2520 * 2521 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2522 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2523 * 2524 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2525 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2526 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2527 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2528 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2529 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2530 * unnecessary wakeups. 2531 * 2532 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2533 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2534 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2535 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2536 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2537 * 2538 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2539 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2540 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2541 * 2542 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2543 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2544 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2545 * 2546 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2547 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2548 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2549 * 2550 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2551 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2552 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2553 * 2554 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2555 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2556 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2557 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2558 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2559 * 2560 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertised by a FILS AP 2561 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2562 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2563 * 2564 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2565 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2566 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide 2567 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X 2568 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT 2569 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME 2570 * is included as well. 2571 * 2572 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2573 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2574 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2575 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2576 * 2577 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2578 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2579 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2580 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2581 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2582 * 2583 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2584 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2585 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2586 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2587 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2588 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2589 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2590 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2591 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag 2592 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use 2593 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS) 2594 * 2595 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2596 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2597 * 2598 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2599 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2600 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2601 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2602 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the 2603 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2604 * enforced. 2605 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2606 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2607 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2608 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2609 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2610 * 2611 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2612 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2613 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2614 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2615 * 2616 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2617 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2618 * 2619 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2620 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2621 * invalid value. 2622 * 2623 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2624 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2625 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2626 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2627 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2628 * 2629 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2630 * scheduler. 2631 * 2632 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2633 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2634 * possible values. 2635 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2636 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2637 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2638 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2639 * or per-station. 2640 * 2641 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2642 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2643 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2644 * 2645 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2646 * 2647 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2648 * functionality. 2649 * 2650 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2651 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2652 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2653 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2654 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2655 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2656 * 2657 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2658 * (u16). 2659 * 2660 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2661 * 2662 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2663 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2664 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2665 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2666 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2667 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2668 * 2669 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2670 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2671 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2672 * attributes. 2673 * 2674 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2675 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2676 * 2677 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2678 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2679 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2680 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2681 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2682 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2683 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2684 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2685 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2686 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2687 * 2688 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2689 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2690 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2691 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2692 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2693 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2694 * has expired. 2695 * 2696 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2697 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2698 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2699 * disassociation is still forced. 2700 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2701 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2702 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2703 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2704 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2705 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2706 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2707 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2708 * 2709 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2710 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2711 * 2712 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS 2713 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see 2714 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty 2715 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates. 2716 * 2717 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure 2718 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see 2719 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty 2720 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates. 2721 * 2722 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from 2723 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2724 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element 2725 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in 2726 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2727 * 2728 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 2729 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication. 2730 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from 2731 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism. 2732 * 2733 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when 2734 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields 2735 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related 2736 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 2737 * 2738 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and 2739 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP 2740 * is desired. 2741 * 2742 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the 2743 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event. 2744 * 2745 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2746 * until the color switch event. 2747 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are 2748 * switching to 2749 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE 2750 * information for the time while performing a color switch. 2751 * 2752 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID 2753 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode. 2754 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID 2755 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace. 2756 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID 2757 * parameters. 2758 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details. 2759 * 2760 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements. 2761 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID. 2762 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces. 2763 * 2764 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain 2765 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used 2766 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 2767 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 2768 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 2769 * radar channel. 2770 * 2771 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags, 2772 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be 2773 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. 2774 * 2775 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from 2776 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2777 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2778 * 2779 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with 2780 * various commands that need a link ID to operate. 2781 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some 2782 * per-link information and a link ID. 2783 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as 2784 * authenticate/associate. 2785 * 2786 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO 2787 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not 2788 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection. 2789 * 2790 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of 2791 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 2792 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this 2793 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM 2794 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum 2795 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute. 2796 * 2797 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16) 2798 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16) 2799 * 2800 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in 2801 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2802 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2803 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX 2804 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2805 * the ack TX timestamp. 2806 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in 2807 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2808 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2809 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX 2810 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2811 * the incoming frame RX timestamp. 2812 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent 2813 * (re)associations. 2814 * 2815 * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest 2816 * bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1 2817 * indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are 2818 * reserved. 2819 * 2820 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW 2821 * timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute. 2822 * A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying 2823 * an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported. 2824 * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should 2825 * be enabled or not (flag attribute). 2826 * 2827 * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for 2828 * reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used 2829 * only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled. 2830 * Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple 2831 * elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting 2832 * profiles already included in the MBSSID element 2833 * (%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon 2834 * will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same 2835 * index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of 2836 * MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon. 2837 * 2838 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Flag attribute indicating that the link is 2839 * disabled. 2840 * 2841 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA: Include BSS usage data, i.e. 2842 * include BSSes that can only be used in restricted scenarios and/or 2843 * cannot be used at all. 2844 * 2845 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK: Binary attribute specifying the downlink TID to 2846 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link 2847 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element) 2848 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 2849 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK: Binary attribute specifying the uplink TID to 2850 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link 2851 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element) 2852 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 2853 * 2854 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU: flag attribute used with 2855 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE indicating the SPP A-MSDUs 2856 * are used on this connection 2857 * 2858 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2859 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2860 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2861 */ 2862 enum nl80211_attrs { 2863 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2864 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2865 2866 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2867 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2868 2869 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2870 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2871 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2872 2873 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2874 2875 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2876 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2877 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2878 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2879 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2880 2881 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2882 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2883 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2884 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2885 2886 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2887 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2888 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2889 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2890 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2891 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2892 2893 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2894 2895 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2896 2897 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2898 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2899 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2900 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2901 2902 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2903 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2904 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2905 2906 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2907 2908 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2909 2910 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2911 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2912 2913 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2914 2915 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2916 2917 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2918 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2919 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2920 2921 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2922 2923 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2924 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2925 2926 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2927 2928 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2929 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2930 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2931 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2932 2933 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2934 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2935 2936 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2937 2938 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2939 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2940 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2941 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2942 2943 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2944 2945 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2946 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2947 2948 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2949 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2950 2951 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2952 2953 2954 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2955 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2956 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2957 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2958 2959 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2960 2961 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2962 2963 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2964 2965 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2966 2967 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2968 2969 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2970 2971 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2972 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2973 2974 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2975 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2976 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2977 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2978 2979 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2980 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2981 2982 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2983 2984 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2985 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2986 2987 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2988 2989 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2990 2991 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2992 2993 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2994 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2995 2996 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2997 2998 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2999 3000 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 3001 3002 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 3003 3004 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 3005 3006 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 3007 3008 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 3009 3010 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 3011 3012 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 3013 3014 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 3015 3016 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3017 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 3018 3019 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 3020 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 3021 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 3022 3023 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 3024 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 3025 3026 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 3027 3028 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 3029 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 3030 3031 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 3032 3033 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 3034 3035 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 3036 3037 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 3038 3039 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 3040 3041 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 3042 3043 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 3044 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 3045 3046 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 3047 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 3048 3049 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 3050 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 3051 3052 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 3053 3054 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 3055 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 3056 3057 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 3058 3059 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 3060 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 3061 3062 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 3063 3064 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 3065 3066 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 3067 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 3068 3069 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 3070 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 3071 3072 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 3073 3074 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 3075 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 3076 3077 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 3078 3079 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 3080 3081 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 3082 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 3083 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 3084 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 3085 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 3086 3087 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 3088 3089 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 3090 3091 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 3092 3093 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 3094 3095 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 3096 3097 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 3098 3099 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 3100 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3101 3102 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 3103 3104 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 3105 3106 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 3107 3108 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 3109 3110 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 3111 3112 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 3113 3114 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 3115 3116 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 3117 3118 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 3119 3120 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 3121 3122 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 3123 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 3124 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 3125 3126 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 3127 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 3128 3129 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 3130 3131 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 3132 3133 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 3134 3135 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 3136 3137 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 3138 3139 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 3140 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 3141 3142 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 3143 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 3144 3145 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 3146 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 3147 3148 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 3149 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3150 3151 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 3152 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 3153 3154 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 3155 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 3156 3157 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 3158 3159 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 3160 3161 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 3162 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 3163 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 3164 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, 3165 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, 3166 3167 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 3168 3169 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 3170 3171 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 3172 3173 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 3174 3175 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 3176 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 3177 3178 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 3179 3180 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 3181 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 3182 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 3183 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 3184 3185 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 3186 3187 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 3188 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 3189 3190 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 3191 3192 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 3193 3194 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 3195 3196 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 3197 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 3198 3199 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 3200 3201 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 3202 3203 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 3204 3205 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 3206 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 3207 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 3208 3209 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 3210 3211 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 3212 3213 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 3214 3215 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 3216 3217 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 3218 3219 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 3220 3221 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 3222 3223 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 3224 3225 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 3226 3227 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3228 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 3229 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 3230 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3231 3232 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 3233 3234 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 3235 3236 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 3237 3238 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 3239 3240 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 3241 3242 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 3243 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 3244 3245 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 3246 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 3247 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 3248 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 3249 3250 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 3251 3252 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 3253 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 3254 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 3255 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 3256 3257 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 3258 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 3259 3260 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 3261 3262 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 3263 3264 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3265 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 3266 3267 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 3268 3269 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 3270 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 3271 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 3272 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 3273 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 3274 3275 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 3276 3277 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 3278 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 3279 3280 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 3281 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 3282 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 3283 3284 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 3285 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 3286 3287 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 3288 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 3289 3290 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 3291 3292 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 3293 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 3294 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 3295 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 3296 3297 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 3298 3299 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 3300 3301 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 3302 3303 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 3304 3305 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 3306 3307 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3308 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3309 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 3310 3311 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 3312 3313 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 3314 3315 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 3316 3317 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3318 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3319 3320 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 3321 3322 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 3323 3324 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 3325 3326 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 3327 3328 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 3329 3330 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 3331 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 3332 3333 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 3334 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 3335 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 3336 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 3337 3338 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 3339 3340 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, 3341 3342 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 3343 3344 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, 3345 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3346 3347 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE, 3348 3349 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED, 3350 3351 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC, 3352 3353 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE, 3354 3355 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 3356 3357 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT, 3358 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR, 3359 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS, 3360 3361 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, 3362 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 3363 3364 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 3365 3366 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS, 3367 3368 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY, 3369 3370 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT, 3371 3372 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS, 3373 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID, 3374 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR, 3375 3376 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT, 3377 3378 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES, 3379 3380 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY, 3381 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS, 3382 3383 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3384 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3385 NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP, 3386 3387 NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP, 3388 3389 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS, 3390 NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED, 3391 3392 NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS, 3393 3394 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED, 3395 3396 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA, 3397 3398 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK, 3399 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK, 3400 3401 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU, 3402 3403 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 3404 3405 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3406 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3407 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3408 }; 3409 3410 /* source-level API compatibility */ 3411 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 3412 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 3413 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 3414 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 3415 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON 3416 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP 3417 3418 /* 3419 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 3420 * here 3421 */ 3422 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 3423 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 3424 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 3425 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 3426 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 3427 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 3428 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 3429 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 3430 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 3431 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 3432 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 3433 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 3434 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 3435 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 3436 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 3437 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 3438 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 3439 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 3440 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 3441 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 3442 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 3443 3444 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 3445 3446 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 3447 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 3448 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 3449 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 3450 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 3451 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 3452 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 3453 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 3454 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 3455 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 3456 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 3457 3458 /* 3459 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 3460 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. 3461 */ 3462 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 3463 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13 3464 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51 3465 3466 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3467 3468 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3469 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3470 3471 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3472 3473 /** 3474 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3475 * 3476 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3477 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3478 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3479 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3480 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3481 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3482 * AP type interface. 3483 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3484 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3485 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3486 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3487 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3488 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3489 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3490 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3491 * commands to create and destroy one 3492 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3493 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3494 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3495 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3496 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3497 * 3498 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3499 * to set the type of an interface. 3500 * 3501 */ 3502 enum nl80211_iftype { 3503 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3504 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3505 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3506 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3507 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3508 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3509 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3510 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3511 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3512 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3513 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3514 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3515 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3516 3517 /* keep last */ 3518 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3519 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3520 }; 3521 3522 /** 3523 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3524 * 3525 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3526 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3527 * 3528 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3529 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3530 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3531 * with short barker preamble 3532 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3533 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3534 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3535 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3536 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3537 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3538 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3539 * as errors.) 3540 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 3541 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 3542 * previously added station into associated state 3543 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU: station supports SPP A-MSDUs 3544 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3545 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3546 */ 3547 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3548 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3549 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3550 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3551 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3552 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3553 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3554 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3555 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3556 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU, 3557 3558 /* keep last */ 3559 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3560 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3561 }; 3562 3563 /** 3564 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3565 * 3566 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3567 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3568 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3569 */ 3570 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3571 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3572 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3573 3574 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3575 }; 3576 3577 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3578 3579 /** 3580 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3581 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3582 * @set: which values to set them to 3583 * 3584 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3585 */ 3586 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3587 __u32 mask; 3588 __u32 set; 3589 } __attribute__((packed)); 3590 3591 /** 3592 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3593 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3594 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3595 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3596 */ 3597 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3598 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3599 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3600 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3601 }; 3602 3603 /** 3604 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field 3605 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec 3606 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec 3607 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec 3608 */ 3609 enum nl80211_he_ltf { 3610 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, 3611 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, 3612 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, 3613 }; 3614 3615 /** 3616 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3617 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3618 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3619 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3620 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3621 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3622 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3623 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3624 */ 3625 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3626 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3627 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3628 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3629 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3630 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3631 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3632 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3633 }; 3634 3635 /** 3636 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval 3637 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3638 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3639 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3640 */ 3641 enum nl80211_eht_gi { 3642 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8, 3643 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6, 3644 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2, 3645 }; 3646 3647 /** 3648 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values 3649 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3650 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3651 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation 3652 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3653 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation 3654 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3655 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3656 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation 3657 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3658 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation 3659 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation 3660 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3661 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation 3662 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation 3663 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation 3664 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation 3665 */ 3666 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc { 3667 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26, 3668 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52, 3669 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26, 3670 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106, 3671 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26, 3672 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242, 3673 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484, 3674 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242, 3675 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996, 3676 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484, 3677 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242, 3678 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3679 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484, 3680 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996, 3681 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484, 3682 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996, 3683 }; 3684 3685 /** 3686 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3687 * 3688 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3689 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3690 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3691 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3692 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3693 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3694 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3695 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3696 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3697 * 3698 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3699 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3700 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3701 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3702 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3703 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3704 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3705 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3706 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3707 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3708 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3709 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3710 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3711 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3712 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3713 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3714 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3715 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3716 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3717 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3718 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3719 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3720 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3721 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3722 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3723 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3724 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate 3725 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15) 3726 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3727 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier 3728 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 3729 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then 3730 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc) 3731 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10) 3732 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4) 3733 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate 3734 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate 3735 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate 3736 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate 3737 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate 3738 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3739 */ 3740 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3741 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3742 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3743 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3744 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3745 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3746 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3747 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3748 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3749 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3750 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3751 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3752 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3753 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3754 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3755 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3756 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3757 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3758 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3759 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH, 3760 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS, 3761 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS, 3762 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI, 3763 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC, 3764 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS, 3765 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS, 3766 NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH, 3767 NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH, 3768 NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH, 3769 NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH, 3770 NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH, 3771 3772 /* keep last */ 3773 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3774 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3775 }; 3776 3777 /** 3778 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3779 * 3780 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3781 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3782 * 3783 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3784 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3785 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3786 * (flag) 3787 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3788 * (flag) 3789 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3790 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3791 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3792 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3793 */ 3794 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3795 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3796 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3797 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3798 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3799 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3800 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3801 3802 /* keep last */ 3803 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3804 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3805 }; 3806 3807 /** 3808 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3809 * 3810 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3811 * when getting information about a station. 3812 * 3813 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3814 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3815 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3816 * (u32, from this station) 3817 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3818 * (u32, to this station) 3819 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3820 * (u64, from this station) 3821 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3822 * (u64, to this station) 3823 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3824 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3825 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3826 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3827 * (u32, from this station) 3828 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3829 * (u32, to this station) 3830 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3831 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3832 * (u32, to this station) 3833 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3834 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3835 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3836 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3837 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3838 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3839 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3840 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3841 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3842 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3843 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3844 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3845 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3846 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3847 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3848 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3849 * non-peer STA 3850 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3851 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3852 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3853 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3854 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3855 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3856 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3857 * (u64) 3858 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3859 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3860 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3861 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3862 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3863 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3864 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3865 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3866 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3867 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3868 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3869 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3870 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3871 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3872 * (u32, from this station) 3873 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3874 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3875 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3876 * might not be fully accurate. 3877 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3878 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3879 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3880 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3881 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3882 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3883 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 3884 * of STA's association 3885 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a 3886 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) 3887 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3888 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3889 */ 3890 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3891 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3892 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3893 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3894 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3895 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3896 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3897 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3898 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3899 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3900 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3901 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3902 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3903 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3904 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3905 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3906 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3907 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3908 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3909 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3910 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3911 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3912 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3913 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3914 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3915 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3916 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3917 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3918 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3919 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3920 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3921 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3922 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3923 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3924 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3925 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3926 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3927 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3928 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3929 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3930 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3931 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3932 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3933 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 3934 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 3935 3936 /* keep last */ 3937 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3938 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3939 }; 3940 3941 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3942 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3943 3944 3945 /** 3946 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3947 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3948 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3949 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3950 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3951 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3952 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3953 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3954 * MSDUs (u64) 3955 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3956 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3957 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3958 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3959 */ 3960 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3961 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3962 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3963 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3964 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3965 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3966 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3967 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3968 3969 /* keep last */ 3970 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3971 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3972 }; 3973 3974 /** 3975 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3976 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3977 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3978 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3979 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3980 * backlogged 3981 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3982 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3983 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3984 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3985 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3986 * (only for per-phy stats) 3987 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3988 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3989 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3990 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3991 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3992 */ 3993 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3994 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3995 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3996 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3997 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3998 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3999 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 4000 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 4001 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 4002 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 4003 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 4004 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 4005 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 4006 4007 /* keep last */ 4008 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 4009 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 4010 }; 4011 4012 /** 4013 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 4014 * 4015 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 4016 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 4017 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 4018 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 4019 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 4020 */ 4021 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 4022 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 4023 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 4024 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 4025 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 4026 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 4027 }; 4028 4029 /** 4030 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 4031 * 4032 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 4033 * information about a mesh path. 4034 * 4035 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4036 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 4037 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 4038 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 4039 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 4040 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 4041 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 4042 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 4043 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 4044 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 4045 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 4046 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 4047 * currently defined 4048 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4049 */ 4050 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 4051 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 4052 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 4053 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 4054 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 4055 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 4056 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 4057 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4058 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 4059 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 4060 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 4061 4062 /* keep last */ 4063 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4064 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4065 }; 4066 4067 /** 4068 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 4069 * 4070 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4071 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 4072 * for each interface type that supports the band data 4073 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 4074 * capabilities IE 4075 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 4076 * capabilities IE 4077 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 4078 * capabilities IE 4079 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 4080 * defined in HE capabilities IE 4081 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), 4082 * given for all 6 GHz band channels 4083 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are 4084 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary) 4085 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT 4086 * capabilities element 4087 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT 4088 * capabilities element 4089 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT 4090 * capabilities element 4091 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as 4092 * defined in EHT capabilities element 4093 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4094 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 4095 */ 4096 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 4097 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 4098 4099 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 4100 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 4101 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 4102 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 4103 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 4104 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 4105 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS, 4106 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC, 4107 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY, 4108 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET, 4109 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE, 4110 4111 /* keep last */ 4112 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4113 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4114 }; 4115 4116 /** 4117 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 4118 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4119 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 4120 * an array of nested frequency attributes 4121 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 4122 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 4123 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 4124 * defined in 802.11n 4125 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 4126 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 4127 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 4128 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 4129 * defined in 802.11ac 4130 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 4131 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 4132 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 4133 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 4134 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 4135 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 4136 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 4137 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 4138 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 4139 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS 4140 * set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes 4141 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the 4142 * S1G information IE, 10 bytes 4143 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 4144 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4145 */ 4146 enum nl80211_band_attr { 4147 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 4148 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 4149 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 4150 4151 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 4152 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 4153 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 4154 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 4155 4156 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 4157 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 4158 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 4159 4160 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 4161 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 4162 4163 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET, 4164 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA, 4165 4166 /* keep last */ 4167 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4168 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4169 }; 4170 4171 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 4172 4173 /** 4174 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 4175 * 4176 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4177 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 4178 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 4179 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 4180 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 4181 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 4182 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 4183 */ 4184 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 4185 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 4186 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 4187 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 4188 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 4189 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 4190 4191 /* keep last */ 4192 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 4193 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 4194 }; 4195 4196 /** 4197 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 4198 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4199 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 4200 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 4201 * regulatory domain. 4202 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 4203 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 4204 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 4205 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 4206 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4207 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 4208 * (100 * dBm). 4209 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 4210 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 4211 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long 4212 * this channel is in this DFS state. 4213 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 4214 * channel as the control channel 4215 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 4216 * channel as the control channel 4217 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 4218 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 4219 * this includes 80+80 channels 4220 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 4221 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 4222 * isn't possible 4223 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4224 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 4225 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 4226 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 4227 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 4228 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 4229 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 4230 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 4231 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 4232 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 4233 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 4234 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 4235 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 4236 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 4237 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 4238 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 4239 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 4240 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 4241 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 4242 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4243 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 4244 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4245 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 4246 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 4247 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 4248 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 4249 * in current regulatory domain. 4250 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4251 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed 4252 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4253 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed 4254 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4255 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed 4256 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4257 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed 4258 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4259 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed 4260 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4261 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel 4262 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible 4263 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel 4264 * in current regulatory domain. 4265 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that 4266 * is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4267 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is 4268 * allowed for peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control 4269 * of a DFS master which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 4270 * Section B.3). Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only. 4271 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP 4272 * not allowed using this channel 4273 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP 4274 * not allowed using this channel 4275 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 4276 * currently defined 4277 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4278 * 4279 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 4280 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 4281 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 4282 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 4283 */ 4284 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 4285 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 4286 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 4287 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 4288 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 4289 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 4290 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 4291 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 4292 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 4293 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 4294 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 4295 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 4296 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 4297 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 4298 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4299 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 4300 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 4301 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 4302 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 4303 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 4304 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 4305 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 4306 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, 4307 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, 4308 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, 4309 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, 4310 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, 4311 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ, 4312 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT, 4313 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD, 4314 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT, 4315 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT, 4316 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT, 4317 4318 /* keep last */ 4319 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4320 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4321 }; 4322 4323 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 4324 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4325 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4326 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4327 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 4328 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4329 4330 /** 4331 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 4332 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4333 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 4334 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 4335 * in 2.4 GHz band. 4336 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 4337 * currently defined 4338 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4339 */ 4340 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 4341 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 4342 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 4343 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 4344 4345 /* keep last */ 4346 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4347 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4348 }; 4349 4350 /** 4351 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 4352 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 4353 * regulatory domain. 4354 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 4355 * regulatory domain. 4356 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 4357 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 4358 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 4359 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 4360 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 4361 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 4362 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 4363 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 4364 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 4365 */ 4366 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 4367 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 4368 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 4369 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 4370 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 4371 }; 4372 4373 /** 4374 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 4375 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 4376 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 4377 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 4378 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 4379 * domain. 4380 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 4381 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 4382 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 4383 * them to be applied. 4384 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 4385 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 4386 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 4387 * domain request to be processed. 4388 */ 4389 enum nl80211_reg_type { 4390 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 4391 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 4392 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 4393 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 4394 }; 4395 4396 /** 4397 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 4398 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4399 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 4400 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 4401 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 4402 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 4403 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 4404 * band edge. 4405 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 4406 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 4407 * band edge. 4408 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 4409 * frequency range, in KHz. 4410 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 4411 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 4412 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 4413 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 4414 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 4415 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4416 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 4417 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm). 4418 * This could be negative. 4419 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 4420 * currently defined 4421 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4422 */ 4423 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 4424 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 4425 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 4426 4427 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 4428 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 4429 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 4430 4431 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 4432 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 4433 4434 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4435 4436 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD, 4437 4438 /* keep last */ 4439 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4440 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4441 }; 4442 4443 /** 4444 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 4445 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4446 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 4447 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 4448 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 4449 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 4450 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 4451 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 4452 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 4453 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 4454 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 4455 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 4456 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 4457 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 4458 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 4459 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 4460 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 4461 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 4462 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 4463 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 4464 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 4465 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 4466 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Obsolete 4467 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 4468 * attribute number currently defined 4469 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4470 */ 4471 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 4472 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 4473 4474 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 4475 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 4476 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 4477 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 4478 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 4479 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, /* obsolete */ 4480 4481 /* keep last */ 4482 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4483 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 4484 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4485 }; 4486 4487 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4488 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 4489 4490 /** 4491 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 4492 * 4493 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 4494 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 4495 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 4496 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 4497 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 4498 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 4499 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 4500 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 4501 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 4502 * beaconing. 4503 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 4504 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 4505 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 4506 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4507 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 4508 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 4509 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 4510 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 4511 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 4512 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed 4513 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed 4514 * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value 4515 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is allowed for 4516 peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control of a DFS master 4517 which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 Section B.3). 4518 Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only. 4519 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP not allowed 4520 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP not allowed 4521 */ 4522 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 4523 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 4524 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 4525 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 4526 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 4527 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 4528 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 4529 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 4530 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 4531 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 4532 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 4533 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 4534 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 4535 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 4536 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 4537 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 4538 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17, 4539 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1<<18, 4540 NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT = 1<<19, 4541 NL80211_RRF_PSD = 1<<20, 4542 NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT = 1<<21, 4543 NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT = 1<<22, 4544 NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT = 1<<23, 4545 }; 4546 4547 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4548 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4549 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4550 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 4551 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 4552 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 4553 4554 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 4555 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 4556 4557 /** 4558 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 4559 * 4560 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 4561 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 4562 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 4563 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 4564 */ 4565 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 4566 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 4567 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 4568 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 4569 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 4570 }; 4571 4572 /** 4573 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 4574 * 4575 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 4576 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 4577 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 4578 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 4579 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 4580 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 4581 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 4582 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 4583 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 4584 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 4585 * supported feature. 4586 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 4587 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 4588 */ 4589 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 4590 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 4591 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 4592 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 4593 }; 4594 4595 /** 4596 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 4597 * 4598 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 4599 * when getting information about a survey. 4600 * 4601 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4602 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 4603 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 4604 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 4605 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 4606 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 4607 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 4608 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 4609 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 4610 * channel was sensed busy 4611 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4612 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 4613 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 4614 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 4615 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 4616 * (on this channel or globally) 4617 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4618 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4619 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 4620 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 4621 * currently defined 4622 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz 4623 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4624 */ 4625 enum nl80211_survey_info { 4626 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 4627 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 4628 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 4629 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 4630 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 4631 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 4632 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 4633 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 4634 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 4635 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 4636 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 4637 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 4638 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4639 4640 /* keep last */ 4641 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4642 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4643 }; 4644 4645 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 4646 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 4647 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 4648 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 4649 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 4650 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 4651 4652 /** 4653 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 4654 * 4655 * Monitor configuration flags. 4656 * 4657 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 4658 * 4659 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 4660 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 4661 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 4662 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 4663 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 4664 * overrides all other flags. 4665 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 4666 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 4667 * 4668 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4669 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 4670 */ 4671 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 4672 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 4673 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 4674 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 4675 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 4676 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 4677 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 4678 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 4679 4680 /* keep last */ 4681 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 4682 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 4683 }; 4684 4685 /** 4686 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 4687 * 4688 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 4689 * not known or has not been set yet. 4690 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 4691 * in Awake state all the time. 4692 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4693 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 4694 * neighbor's beacons. 4695 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4696 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 4697 * for neighbor's beacons. 4698 * 4699 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 4700 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 4701 */ 4702 4703 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 4704 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 4705 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 4706 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 4707 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 4708 4709 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 4710 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 4711 }; 4712 4713 /** 4714 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 4715 * 4716 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 4717 * active. 4718 * 4719 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 4720 * 4721 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 4722 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 4723 * 4724 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 4725 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 4726 * 4727 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 4728 * millisecond units 4729 * 4730 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 4731 * on this mesh interface 4732 * 4733 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 4734 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 4735 * mesh 4736 * 4737 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 4738 * point. 4739 * 4740 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 4741 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 4742 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 4743 * set. 4744 * 4745 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 4746 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4747 * target) 4748 * 4749 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4750 * (in milliseconds) 4751 * 4752 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4753 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4754 * 4755 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4756 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4757 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4758 * 4759 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4760 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4761 * reference element 4762 * 4763 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4764 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4765 * mesh 4766 * 4767 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 4768 * 4769 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 4770 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 4771 * 4772 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4773 * root announcements are transmitted. 4774 * 4775 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 4776 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4777 * Announcement frames. 4778 * 4779 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4780 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4781 * PERR element. 4782 * 4783 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4784 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4785 * 4786 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4787 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4788 * a peer link. 4789 * 4790 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4791 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4792 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4793 * 4794 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4795 * 4796 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4797 * 4798 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4799 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4800 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4801 * 4802 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4803 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4804 * 4805 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4806 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4807 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4808 * 4809 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4810 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4811 * 4812 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4813 * 4814 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4815 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4816 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4817 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4818 * 4819 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4820 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4821 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4822 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4823 * 4824 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. 4825 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that 4826 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be 4827 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 4828 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 4829 * 4830 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA 4831 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 4832 * in the mesh formation field. 4833 * 4834 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4835 */ 4836 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4837 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4838 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4839 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4840 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4841 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4842 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4843 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4844 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4845 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4846 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4847 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4848 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4849 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4850 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4851 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4852 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4853 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4854 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4855 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4856 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4857 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4858 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4859 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4860 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4861 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4862 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4863 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4864 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4865 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4866 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4867 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, 4868 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 4869 4870 /* keep last */ 4871 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4872 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4873 }; 4874 4875 /** 4876 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4877 * 4878 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4879 * changed while the mesh is active. 4880 * 4881 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4882 * 4883 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4884 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4885 * default HWMP. 4886 * 4887 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4888 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4889 * metric. 4890 * 4891 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4892 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4893 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4894 * metrics in use. 4895 * 4896 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4897 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4898 * 4899 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4900 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4901 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4902 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4903 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4904 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4905 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4906 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4907 * userspace daemon. 4908 * 4909 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4910 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4911 * neighbor offset synchronization 4912 * 4913 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4914 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4915 * 4916 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4917 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4918 * Default is no authentication method required. 4919 * 4920 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4921 * 4922 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4923 */ 4924 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4925 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4926 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4927 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4928 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4929 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4930 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4931 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4932 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4933 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4934 4935 /* keep last */ 4936 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4937 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4938 }; 4939 4940 /** 4941 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4942 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4943 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4944 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4945 * disabled 4946 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4947 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4948 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4949 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4950 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4951 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4952 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4953 */ 4954 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4955 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4956 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4957 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4958 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4959 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4960 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4961 4962 /* keep last */ 4963 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4964 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4965 }; 4966 4967 enum nl80211_ac { 4968 NL80211_AC_VO, 4969 NL80211_AC_VI, 4970 NL80211_AC_BE, 4971 NL80211_AC_BK, 4972 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4973 }; 4974 4975 /* backward compat */ 4976 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4977 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4978 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4979 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4980 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4981 4982 /** 4983 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4984 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4985 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4986 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4987 * below the control channel 4988 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4989 * above the control channel 4990 */ 4991 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4992 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4993 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4994 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4995 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4996 }; 4997 4998 /** 4999 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 5000 * 5001 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 5002 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 5003 * 5004 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 5005 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 5006 * 5007 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 5008 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 5009 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 5010 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 5011 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 5012 */ 5013 enum nl80211_key_mode { 5014 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 5015 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 5016 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 5017 }; 5018 5019 /** 5020 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 5021 * 5022 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 5023 * attribute. 5024 * 5025 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 5026 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 5027 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5028 * attribute must be provided as well 5029 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5030 * attribute must be provided as well 5031 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5032 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 5033 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5034 * attribute must be provided as well 5035 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 5036 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 5037 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel 5038 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel 5039 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel 5040 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel 5041 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel 5042 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5043 * attribute must be provided as well 5044 */ 5045 enum nl80211_chan_width { 5046 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 5047 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5048 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 5049 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 5050 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 5051 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 5052 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 5053 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 5054 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 5055 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 5056 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, 5057 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, 5058 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, 5059 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320, 5060 }; 5061 5062 /** 5063 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 5064 * 5065 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 5066 * 5067 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 5068 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 5069 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 5070 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide 5071 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide 5072 */ 5073 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 5074 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5075 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 5076 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 5077 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 5078 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 5079 }; 5080 5081 /** 5082 * enum nl80211_bss_use_for - bitmap indicating possible BSS use 5083 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL: Use this BSS for normal "connection", 5084 * including IBSS/MBSS depending on the type. 5085 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK: This BSS can be used as a link in an 5086 * MLO connection. Note that for an MLO connection, all links including 5087 * the assoc link must have this flag set, and the assoc link must 5088 * additionally have %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL set. 5089 */ 5090 enum nl80211_bss_use_for { 5091 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL = 1 << 0, 5092 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK = 1 << 1, 5093 }; 5094 5095 /** 5096 * enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons - reason(s) connection to a 5097 * BSS isn't possible 5098 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: NSTR nonprimary links aren't 5099 * supported by the device, and this BSS entry represents one. 5100 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH: STA is not supporting 5101 * the AP power type (SP, VLP, AP) that the AP uses. 5102 */ 5103 enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons { 5104 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = 1 << 0, 5105 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH = 1 << 1, 5106 }; 5107 5108 /** 5109 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 5110 * 5111 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 5112 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 5113 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 5114 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 5115 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 5116 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 5117 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 5118 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 5119 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 5120 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 5121 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 5122 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 5123 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 5124 * they are from a Beacon frame. 5125 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 5126 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 5127 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 5128 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 5129 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 5130 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 5131 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 5132 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 5133 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 5134 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 5135 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 5136 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 5137 * yet been received 5138 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 5139 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used! 5140 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 5141 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 5142 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 5143 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 5144 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 5145 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 5146 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 5147 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 5148 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 5149 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 5150 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 5151 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 5152 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 5153 * is set. 5154 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 5155 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 5156 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 5157 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 5158 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8). 5159 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it. 5160 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR: u32 bitmap attribute indicating what the BSS can be 5161 * used for, see &enum nl80211_bss_use_for. 5162 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS: Indicates the reason that this BSS cannot 5163 * be used for all or some of the possible uses by the device reporting it, 5164 * even though its presence was detected. 5165 * This is a u64 attribute containing a bitmap of values from 5166 * &enum nl80211_cannot_use_reasons, note that the attribute may be missing 5167 * if no reasons are specified. 5168 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 5169 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 5170 */ 5171 enum nl80211_bss { 5172 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 5173 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 5174 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 5175 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 5176 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 5177 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 5178 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 5179 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 5180 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 5181 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 5182 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 5183 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 5184 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 5185 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 5186 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 5187 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 5188 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 5189 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5190 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 5191 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 5192 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 5193 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID, 5194 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR, 5195 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR, 5196 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS, 5197 5198 /* keep last */ 5199 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 5200 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5201 }; 5202 5203 /** 5204 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 5205 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 5206 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 5207 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 5208 * a given BSS. 5209 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 5210 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 5211 * 5212 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 5213 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 5214 */ 5215 enum nl80211_bss_status { 5216 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 5217 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 5218 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 5219 }; 5220 5221 /** 5222 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 5223 * 5224 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 5225 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 5226 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 5227 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 5228 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 5229 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 5230 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 5231 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 5232 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 5233 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 5234 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 5235 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 5236 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 5237 */ 5238 enum nl80211_auth_type { 5239 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 5240 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 5241 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 5242 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 5243 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 5244 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 5245 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 5246 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 5247 5248 /* keep last */ 5249 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 5250 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 5251 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 5252 }; 5253 5254 /** 5255 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 5256 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 5257 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 5258 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 5259 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 5260 */ 5261 enum nl80211_key_type { 5262 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 5263 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 5264 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 5265 5266 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 5267 }; 5268 5269 /** 5270 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 5271 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 5272 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 5273 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 5274 */ 5275 enum nl80211_mfp { 5276 NL80211_MFP_NO, 5277 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 5278 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5279 }; 5280 5281 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 5282 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 5283 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 5284 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 5285 }; 5286 5287 /** 5288 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 5289 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 5290 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 5291 * unicast key 5292 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 5293 * multicast key 5294 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 5295 */ 5296 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 5297 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 5298 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 5299 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 5300 5301 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 5302 }; 5303 5304 /** 5305 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 5306 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 5307 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 5308 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 5309 * keys 5310 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 5311 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 5312 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 5313 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 5314 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 5315 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 5316 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 5317 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 5318 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 5319 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 5320 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 5321 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 5322 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 5323 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 5324 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 5325 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 5326 * 5327 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 5328 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 5329 */ 5330 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 5331 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 5332 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 5333 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 5334 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 5335 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 5336 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 5337 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 5338 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 5339 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 5340 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 5341 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 5342 5343 /* keep last */ 5344 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 5345 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 5346 }; 5347 5348 /** 5349 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 5350 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 5351 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5352 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 5353 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 5354 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 5355 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5356 * in an array of MCS numbers. 5357 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5358 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 5359 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 5360 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5361 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he 5362 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. 5363 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. 5364 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 5365 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 5366 */ 5367 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 5368 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 5369 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 5370 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 5371 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 5372 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 5373 NL80211_TXRATE_HE, 5374 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, 5375 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, 5376 5377 /* keep last */ 5378 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 5379 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 5380 }; 5381 5382 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 5383 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 5384 5385 /** 5386 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5387 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5388 */ 5389 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 5390 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 5391 }; 5392 5393 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 5394 /** 5395 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5396 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5397 */ 5398 struct nl80211_txrate_he { 5399 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 5400 }; 5401 5402 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 5403 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 5404 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 5405 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 5406 }; 5407 5408 /** 5409 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 5410 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 5411 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 5412 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 5413 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 5414 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs 5415 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder) 5416 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 5417 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 5418 */ 5419 enum nl80211_band { 5420 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 5421 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 5422 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 5423 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 5424 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, 5425 NL80211_BAND_LC, 5426 5427 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 5428 }; 5429 5430 /** 5431 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 5432 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 5433 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 5434 */ 5435 enum nl80211_ps_state { 5436 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 5437 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 5438 }; 5439 5440 /** 5441 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 5442 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 5443 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 5444 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 5445 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 5446 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 5447 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 5448 * crosses any of the thresholds. 5449 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 5450 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 5451 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 5452 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 5453 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 5454 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 5455 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 5456 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 5457 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 5458 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 5459 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 5460 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 5461 * checked. 5462 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 5463 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 5464 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 5465 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 5466 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 5467 * loss event 5468 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 5469 * RSSI threshold event. 5470 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 5471 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 5472 */ 5473 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 5474 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 5475 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 5476 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 5477 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 5478 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 5479 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 5480 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 5481 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 5482 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5483 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 5484 5485 /* keep last */ 5486 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 5487 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 5488 }; 5489 5490 /** 5491 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 5492 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 5493 * configured threshold 5494 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 5495 * configured threshold 5496 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 5497 */ 5498 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 5499 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 5500 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 5501 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5502 }; 5503 5504 5505 /** 5506 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 5507 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 5508 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 5509 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 5510 */ 5511 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 5512 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 5513 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 5514 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 5515 }; 5516 5517 /** 5518 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 5519 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 5520 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 5521 */ 5522 enum nl80211_tid_config { 5523 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 5524 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 5525 }; 5526 5527 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 5528 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 5529 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 5530 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 5531 */ 5532 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 5533 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 5534 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 5535 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 5536 }; 5537 5538 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 5539 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 5540 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 5541 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 5542 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 5543 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 5544 * per peer instead. 5545 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates 5546 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 5547 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 5548 * should be left untouched. 5549 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 5550 * Its type is u16. 5551 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 5552 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 5553 * Its type is u8. 5554 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 5555 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5556 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 5557 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5558 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5559 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 5560 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5561 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 5562 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5563 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5564 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 5565 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5566 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5567 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 5568 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 5569 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5570 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 5571 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5572 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5573 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 5574 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used 5575 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 5576 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 5577 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 5578 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 5579 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 5580 * station. 5581 */ 5582 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 5583 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 5584 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 5585 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 5586 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 5587 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 5588 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 5589 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 5590 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 5591 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 5592 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 5593 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 5594 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 5595 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 5596 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 5597 5598 /* keep last */ 5599 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5600 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5601 }; 5602 5603 /** 5604 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 5605 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5606 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 5607 * a zero bit are ignored 5608 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 5609 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 5610 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 5611 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 5612 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 5613 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 5614 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 5615 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 5616 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 5617 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 5618 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 5619 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 5620 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5621 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 5622 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 5623 */ 5624 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 5625 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 5626 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 5627 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 5628 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 5629 5630 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 5631 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 5632 }; 5633 5634 /** 5635 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 5636 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 5637 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 5638 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 5639 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5640 * 5641 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 5642 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 5643 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 5644 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 5645 * by the kernel to userspace. 5646 */ 5647 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 5648 __u32 max_patterns; 5649 __u32 min_pattern_len; 5650 __u32 max_pattern_len; 5651 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 5652 } __attribute__((packed)); 5653 5654 /* only for backward compatibility */ 5655 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 5656 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5657 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 5658 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 5659 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 5660 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 5661 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 5662 5663 /** 5664 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 5665 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5666 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 5667 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 5668 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 5669 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 5670 * any others are even supported by the device. 5671 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 5672 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 5673 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 5674 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 5675 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 5676 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 5677 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 5678 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 5679 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 5680 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 5681 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 5682 * 5683 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 5684 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 5685 * 5686 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 5687 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 5688 * to the kernel when configuring. 5689 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 5690 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 5691 * by the device (flag) 5692 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 5693 * done by the device) (flag) 5694 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 5695 * packet (flag) 5696 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 5697 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 5698 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 5699 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 5700 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 5701 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 5702 * attribute contains the original length. 5703 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 5704 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 5705 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5706 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 5707 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 5708 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 5709 * contains the original length. 5710 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 5711 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 5712 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5713 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 5714 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 5715 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 5716 * the TCP connection. 5717 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 5718 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 5719 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 5720 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 5721 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 5722 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 5723 * service 5724 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 5725 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 5726 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 5727 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 5728 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 5729 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 5730 * attribute is also sent in a response to 5731 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 5732 * supported by the driver (u32). 5733 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 5734 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 5735 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 5736 * that the information is not available. If more than one 5737 * element is present, it means that more than one match 5738 * occurred. 5739 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 5740 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 5741 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 5742 * these attributes must be present. If 5743 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 5744 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 5745 * channel. 5746 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 5747 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 5748 * 5749 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 5750 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 5751 */ 5752 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 5753 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 5754 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 5755 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 5756 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 5757 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 5758 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 5759 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 5760 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 5761 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 5762 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 5763 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 5764 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 5765 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 5766 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 5767 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 5768 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 5769 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 5770 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 5771 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 5772 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 5773 5774 /* keep last */ 5775 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 5776 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 5777 }; 5778 5779 /** 5780 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 5781 * 5782 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 5783 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 5784 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 5785 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 5786 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 5787 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 5788 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 5789 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 5790 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 5791 * 5792 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 5793 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 5794 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 5795 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 5796 * also woken up. 5797 * 5798 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 5799 * response packets might not go through correctly. 5800 */ 5801 5802 /** 5803 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 5804 * @start: starting value 5805 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 5806 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 5807 * 5808 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 5809 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 5810 * in little endian. 5811 */ 5812 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 5813 __u32 start, offset, len; 5814 }; 5815 5816 /** 5817 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 5818 * @offset: offset of token in packet 5819 * @len: length of each token 5820 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 5821 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 5822 */ 5823 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 5824 __u32 offset, len; 5825 __u8 token_stream[]; 5826 }; 5827 5828 /** 5829 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 5830 * @min_len: minimum token length 5831 * @max_len: maximum token length 5832 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 5833 */ 5834 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 5835 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 5836 }; 5837 5838 /** 5839 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 5840 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5841 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 5842 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 5843 * (in network byte order) 5844 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 5845 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 5846 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 5847 * might require ARP querying. 5848 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 5849 * socket and port will be allocated 5850 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 5851 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 5852 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5853 * of the data payload. 5854 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 5855 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 5856 * advertising it is just a flag 5857 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 5858 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 5859 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 5860 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 5861 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 5862 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 5863 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5864 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 5865 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5866 * but on the TCP payload only. 5867 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 5868 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 5869 */ 5870 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 5871 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 5872 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 5873 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 5874 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 5875 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 5876 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 5877 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 5878 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 5879 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 5880 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 5881 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 5882 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 5883 5884 /* keep last */ 5885 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 5886 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 5887 }; 5888 5889 /** 5890 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 5891 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 5892 * @pat: packet pattern support information 5893 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5894 * 5895 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 5896 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 5897 */ 5898 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 5899 __u32 max_rules; 5900 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 5901 __u32 max_delay; 5902 } __attribute__((packed)); 5903 5904 /** 5905 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 5906 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5907 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 5908 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 5909 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 5910 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 5911 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5912 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 5913 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 5914 */ 5915 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 5916 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 5917 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 5918 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 5919 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 5920 5921 /* keep last */ 5922 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 5923 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 5924 }; 5925 5926 /** 5927 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 5928 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 5929 * in a rule are matched. 5930 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 5931 * in a rule are not matched. 5932 */ 5933 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 5934 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 5935 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 5936 }; 5937 5938 /** 5939 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 5940 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5941 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 5942 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 5943 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 5944 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 5945 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 5946 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 5947 */ 5948 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 5949 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 5950 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 5951 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 5952 5953 /* keep last */ 5954 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 5955 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 5956 }; 5957 5958 /** 5959 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 5960 * 5961 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5962 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 5963 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 5964 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 5965 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 5966 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 5967 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 5968 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 5969 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 5970 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 5971 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 5972 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 5973 * different channels may be used within this group. 5974 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5975 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 5976 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5977 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 5978 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 5979 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 5980 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 5981 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 5982 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 5983 * 5984 * Examples: 5985 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 5986 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 5987 * 5988 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 5989 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 5990 * 5991 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 5992 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels 5993 * 5994 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 5995 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 5996 * 5997 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 5998 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 5999 * that any of these groups must match. 6000 * 6001 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 6002 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 6003 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 6004 * interface type, the following group always exists: 6005 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 6006 */ 6007 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 6008 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 6009 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 6010 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 6011 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 6012 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 6013 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 6014 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 6015 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 6016 6017 /* keep last */ 6018 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 6019 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 6020 }; 6021 6022 6023 /** 6024 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 6025 * 6026 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 6027 * state of non-existent mesh peer links 6028 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 6029 * this mesh peer 6030 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 6031 * from this mesh peer 6032 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 6033 * received from this mesh peer 6034 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 6035 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 6036 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 6037 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames 6038 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 6039 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 6040 */ 6041 enum nl80211_plink_state { 6042 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 6043 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 6044 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 6045 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 6046 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 6047 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 6048 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 6049 6050 /* keep last */ 6051 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 6052 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 6053 }; 6054 6055 /** 6056 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 6057 * 6058 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 6059 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 6060 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 6061 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 6062 */ 6063 enum plink_actions { 6064 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 6065 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 6066 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 6067 6068 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 6069 }; 6070 6071 6072 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 6073 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 6074 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 6075 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 6076 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32 32 6077 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 6078 6079 /** 6080 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 6081 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6082 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 6083 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 6084 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 6085 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 6086 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 6087 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 6088 */ 6089 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 6090 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 6091 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 6092 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 6093 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 6094 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 6095 6096 /* keep last */ 6097 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 6098 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 6099 }; 6100 6101 /** 6102 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 6103 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 6104 * Beacon frames) 6105 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 6106 * in Beacon frames 6107 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 6108 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 6109 */ 6110 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 6111 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 6112 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 6113 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 6114 }; 6115 6116 /** 6117 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 6118 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 6119 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 6120 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 6121 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 6122 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 6123 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 6124 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 6125 */ 6126 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 6127 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 6128 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 6129 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 6130 6131 /* keep last */ 6132 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 6133 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 6134 }; 6135 6136 /** 6137 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 6138 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6139 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 6140 * priority) 6141 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 6142 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 6143 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 6144 * (internal) 6145 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 6146 * (internal) 6147 */ 6148 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 6149 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 6150 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 6151 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 6152 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 6153 6154 /* keep last */ 6155 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 6156 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 6157 }; 6158 6159 /** 6160 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 6161 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 6162 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 6163 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 6164 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 6165 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 6166 */ 6167 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 6168 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 6169 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 6170 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 6171 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 6172 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 6173 }; 6174 6175 /** 6176 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 6177 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver 6178 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during 6179 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT. 6180 */ 6181 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 6182 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0, 6183 }; 6184 6185 /** 6186 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 6187 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 6188 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 6189 * socket option. 6190 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 6191 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 6192 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 6193 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 6194 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from 6195 * cellular base stations. 6196 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 6197 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 6198 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 6199 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 6200 * mode 6201 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 6202 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 6203 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 6204 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 6205 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 6206 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 6207 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 6208 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 6209 * setting 6210 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 6211 * powersave 6212 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 6213 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 6214 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 6215 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 6216 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 6217 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 6218 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 6219 * states using station flags. 6220 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 6221 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 6222 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 6223 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 6224 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 6225 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 6226 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 6227 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 6228 * still generated by the driver. 6229 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 6230 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 6231 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 6232 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 6233 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 6234 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 6235 * lifetime of a BSS. 6236 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 6237 * Set IE to probe requests. 6238 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 6239 * to probe requests. 6240 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 6241 * requests sent to it by an AP. 6242 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 6243 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 6244 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 6245 * Measurement Report action frame. 6246 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 6247 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 6248 * to enable dynack. 6249 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 6250 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6251 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 6252 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 6253 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6254 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 6255 * rts/cts handshake. 6256 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 6257 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 6258 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 6259 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 6260 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 6261 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 6262 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 6263 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 6264 * operating as a TDLS peer. 6265 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6266 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 6267 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 6268 * address mask/value will be used. 6269 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 6270 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 6271 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6272 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6273 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6274 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 6275 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6276 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6277 */ 6278 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 6279 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 6280 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 6281 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 6282 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 6283 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 6284 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 6285 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 6286 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 6287 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 6288 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 6289 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 6290 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 6291 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 6292 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 6293 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 6294 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 6295 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 6296 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 6297 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 6298 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 6299 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 6300 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 6301 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 6302 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 6303 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 6304 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 6305 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 6306 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 6307 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 6308 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 6309 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 6310 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 6311 }; 6312 6313 /** 6314 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 6315 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 6316 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 6317 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 6318 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 6319 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 6320 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertised. 6321 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 6322 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 6323 * certain groups which can be configured by the 6324 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 6325 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 6326 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 6327 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 6328 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 6329 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 6330 * (if available). 6331 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 6332 * time the last beacon/probe was received. For a non-MLO connection, the 6333 * time is the TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is 6334 * connected to (if available). For an MLO connection, the time is the TSF 6335 * of the BSS corresponding with link ID specified in the scan request (if 6336 * specified). 6337 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 6338 * channel dwell time. 6339 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 6340 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non-HT/VHT) rate. 6341 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 6342 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 6343 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 6344 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 6345 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 6346 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 6347 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 6348 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 6349 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 6350 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 6351 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 6352 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 6353 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 6354 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 6355 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 6356 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 6357 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 6358 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 6359 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6360 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 6361 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 6362 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 6363 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 6364 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 6365 * be supported. 6366 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 6367 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 6368 * actual dwell time. 6369 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 6370 * response 6371 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 6372 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 6373 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 6374 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 6375 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 6376 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 6377 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 6378 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 6379 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 6380 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 6381 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 6382 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 6383 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 6384 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 6385 * "radar detected" event. 6386 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 6387 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 6388 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 6389 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 6390 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 6391 * TXQs. 6392 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 6393 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 6394 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 6395 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 6396 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 6397 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 6398 * timing measurement responder role. 6399 * 6400 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 6401 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 6402 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 6403 * freeze the connection. 6404 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 6405 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 6406 * 6407 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 6408 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 6409 * scheduling. 6410 * 6411 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 6412 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 6413 * 6414 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Obsolete 6415 * 6416 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 6417 * to a station. 6418 * 6419 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 6420 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 6421 * 6422 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 6423 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 6424 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 6425 * 6426 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 6427 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 6428 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 6429 * 6430 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 6431 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 6432 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 6433 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 6434 * 6435 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 6436 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 6437 * handled as ordinary data frames. 6438 * 6439 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 6440 * 6441 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 6442 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 6443 * 6444 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 6445 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 6446 * 6447 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 6448 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 6449 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 6450 * included in the scan request. 6451 * 6452 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 6453 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 6454 * 6455 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating 6456 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. 6457 * 6458 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6459 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP 6460 * command). 6461 * 6462 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication 6463 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). 6464 * 6465 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery 6466 * frames transmission 6467 * 6468 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports 6469 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission 6470 * 6471 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate 6472 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates. 6473 * 6474 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement 6475 * exchange protocol. 6476 * 6477 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement 6478 * exchange protocol. 6479 * 6480 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management 6481 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the 6482 * negotiation and range measurement procedure. 6483 * 6484 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision 6485 * detection and change announcemnts. 6486 * 6487 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports 6488 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response 6489 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using 6490 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 6491 * 6492 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC 6493 * detection. 6494 * 6495 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address 6496 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down 6497 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the 6498 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy 6499 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions 6500 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations 6501 * in progress, and no active connections. 6502 * 6503 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode. 6504 * 6505 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables 6506 * authentication, data encryption and message integrity. 6507 * 6508 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA 6509 * in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer 6510 * using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 6511 * 6512 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE 6513 * handling in station mode. 6514 * 6515 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE 6516 * handling in AP mode. 6517 * 6518 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT: The device supports peer-to-peer or 6519 * ad hoc operation on DFS channels under the control of a concurrent 6520 * DFS master on the same channel as described in FCC-594280 D01 6521 * (Section B.3). This, for example, allows P2P GO and P2P clients to 6522 * operate on DFS channels as long as there's a concurrent BSS connection. 6523 * 6524 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT: The driver has support for SPP 6525 * (signaling and payload protected) A-MSDUs and this shall be advertised 6526 * in the RSNXE. 6527 * 6528 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 6529 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 6530 */ 6531 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 6532 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 6533 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 6534 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 6535 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 6536 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 6537 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 6538 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 6539 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 6540 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 6541 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 6542 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 6543 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 6544 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 6545 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 6546 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 6547 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 6548 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 6549 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 6550 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6551 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 6552 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 6553 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 6554 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 6555 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 6556 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 6557 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 6558 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 6559 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6560 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 6561 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6562 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 6563 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 6564 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 6565 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 6566 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 6567 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 6568 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 6569 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, /* obsolete */ 6570 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 6571 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 6572 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 6573 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 6574 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 6575 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 6576 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 6577 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 6578 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 6579 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 6580 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 6581 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 6582 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 6583 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, 6584 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, 6585 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, 6586 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, 6587 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6588 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE, 6589 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF, 6590 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT, 6591 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE, 6592 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR, 6593 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD, 6594 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 6595 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE, 6596 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT, 6597 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN, 6598 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA, 6599 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD, 6600 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP, 6601 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT, 6602 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT, 6603 6604 /* add new features before the definition below */ 6605 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 6606 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 6607 }; 6608 6609 /** 6610 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 6611 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 6612 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 6613 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 6614 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 6615 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 6616 * to the host. 6617 * 6618 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 6619 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 6620 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 6621 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 6622 */ 6623 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 6624 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 6625 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 6626 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 6627 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 6628 }; 6629 6630 /** 6631 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 6632 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 6633 * handled by the AP is reached. 6634 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 6635 */ 6636 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 6637 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 6638 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 6639 }; 6640 6641 /** 6642 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 6643 * 6644 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 6645 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 6646 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 6647 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 6648 */ 6649 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 6650 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 6651 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 6652 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 6653 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 6654 }; 6655 6656 /** 6657 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 6658 * 6659 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 6660 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 6661 * requests. 6662 * 6663 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 6664 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 6665 * one of them can be used in the request. 6666 * 6667 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 6668 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 6669 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 6670 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 6671 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 6672 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 6673 * when really needed 6674 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 6675 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 6676 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 6677 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 6678 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 6679 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 6680 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 6681 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 6682 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 6683 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 6684 * request parameters IE in the probe request 6685 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 6686 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 6687 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non-OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 6688 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 6689 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 6690 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 6691 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 6692 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 6693 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 6694 * SSID and/or RSSI. 6695 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 6696 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 6697 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 6698 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 6699 * impacted with this flag. 6700 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 6701 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 6702 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 6703 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 6704 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 6705 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 6706 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 6707 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 6708 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 6709 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 6710 * possible. 6711 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 6712 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 6713 * added by userspace explicitly.) 6714 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 6715 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 6716 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 6717 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by 6718 * 2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the 6719 * information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses 6720 * received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz 6721 * channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set, 6722 * the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of 6723 * probe requests on non-PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that 6724 * these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag 6725 * is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be 6726 * scanned if the user space has asked for it. 6727 */ 6728 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 6729 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 6730 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 6731 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 6732 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 6733 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 6734 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 6735 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 6736 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 6737 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 6738 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 6739 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 6740 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 6741 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 6742 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 6743 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, 6744 }; 6745 6746 /** 6747 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 6748 * 6749 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 6750 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 6751 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 6752 * 6753 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 6754 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 6755 * in ACL to authenticate. 6756 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 6757 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 6758 */ 6759 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 6760 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 6761 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 6762 }; 6763 6764 /** 6765 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 6766 * 6767 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 6768 * 6769 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 6770 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 6771 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 6772 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 6773 */ 6774 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 6775 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 6776 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 6777 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 6778 6779 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 6780 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6781 }; 6782 6783 /** 6784 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 6785 * 6786 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 6787 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 6788 * 6789 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 6790 * now unusable. 6791 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 6792 * the channel is now available. 6793 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 6794 * change to the channel status. 6795 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 6796 * over, channel becomes usable. 6797 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 6798 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 6799 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 6800 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 6801 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 6802 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 6803 */ 6804 enum nl80211_radar_event { 6805 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 6806 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 6807 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 6808 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 6809 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 6810 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 6811 }; 6812 6813 /** 6814 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 6815 * 6816 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 6817 * 6818 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 6819 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 6820 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 6821 * is therefore marked as not available. 6822 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 6823 */ 6824 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 6825 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 6826 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 6827 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 6828 }; 6829 6830 /** 6831 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 6832 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 6833 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 6834 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 6835 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 6836 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 6837 */ 6838 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 6839 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 6840 }; 6841 6842 /** 6843 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 6844 * 6845 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 6846 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 6847 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 6848 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 6849 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 6850 */ 6851 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 6852 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 6853 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 6854 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 6855 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 6856 /* add other protocols before this one */ 6857 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 6858 }; 6859 6860 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 6861 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 6862 6863 /** 6864 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 6865 * 6866 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 6867 * 6868 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 6869 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 6870 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 6871 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 6872 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 6873 */ 6874 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 6875 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 6876 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 6877 }; 6878 6879 /* 6880 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 6881 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 6882 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 6883 */ 6884 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 6885 6886 /** 6887 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 6888 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 6889 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 6890 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 6891 * added to this file when needed. 6892 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 6893 */ 6894 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 6895 __u32 vendor_id; 6896 __u32 subcmd; 6897 }; 6898 6899 /** 6900 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 6901 * 6902 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 6903 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 6904 * 6905 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 6906 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 6907 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 6908 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable. 6909 */ 6910 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 6911 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 6912 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 6913 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 6914 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3, 6915 }; 6916 6917 /** 6918 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 6919 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6920 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 6921 * seconds (u32). 6922 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 6923 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 6924 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 6925 * make the scan plan meaningless. 6926 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 6927 * currently defined 6928 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 6929 */ 6930 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 6931 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 6932 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 6933 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 6934 6935 /* keep last */ 6936 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 6937 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 6938 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 6939 }; 6940 6941 /** 6942 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 6943 * 6944 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 6945 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 6946 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 6947 */ 6948 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 6949 __u8 band; 6950 __s8 delta; 6951 } __attribute__((packed)); 6952 6953 /** 6954 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 6955 * 6956 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 6957 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 6958 * is requested. 6959 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 6960 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 6961 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 6962 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 6963 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 6964 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 6965 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 6966 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 6967 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 6968 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 6969 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 6970 * 6971 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 6972 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 6973 * which the driver shall use. 6974 */ 6975 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 6976 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 6977 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 6978 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 6979 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 6980 6981 /* keep last */ 6982 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 6983 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 6984 }; 6985 6986 /** 6987 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 6988 * 6989 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 6990 * 6991 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 6992 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 6993 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 6994 */ 6995 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 6996 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 6997 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 6998 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 6999 7000 /* keep last */ 7001 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 7002 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 7003 }; 7004 7005 /** 7006 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 7007 * 7008 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 7009 * 7010 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 7011 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 7012 */ 7013 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 7014 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 7015 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 7016 }; 7017 7018 /** 7019 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 7020 * 7021 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 7022 * 7023 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 7024 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 7025 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 7026 */ 7027 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 7028 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 7029 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 7030 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 7031 }; 7032 7033 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 7034 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 7035 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 7036 7037 /** 7038 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 7039 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 7040 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 7041 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 7042 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 7043 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 7044 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 7045 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 7046 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 7047 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 7048 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 7049 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 7050 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 7051 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 7052 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 7053 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 7054 * is follow up. This is a u8. 7055 * The requester instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 7056 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 7057 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 7058 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 7059 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 7060 * This is a flag. 7061 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 7062 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 7063 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 7064 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 7065 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 7066 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 7067 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 7068 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 7069 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 7070 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 7071 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 7072 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 7073 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 7074 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 7075 * 7076 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 7077 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 7078 */ 7079 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 7080 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 7081 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 7082 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 7083 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 7084 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 7085 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 7086 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 7087 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 7088 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 7089 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 7090 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 7091 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 7092 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 7093 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 7094 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 7095 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 7096 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 7097 7098 /* keep last */ 7099 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 7100 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 7101 }; 7102 7103 /** 7104 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 7105 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 7106 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 7107 * This is a flag. 7108 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 7109 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 7110 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 7111 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 7112 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 7113 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 7114 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 7115 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 7116 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 7117 */ 7118 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 7119 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 7120 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 7121 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 7122 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 7123 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 7124 7125 /* keep last */ 7126 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 7127 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 7128 }; 7129 7130 /** 7131 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 7132 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 7133 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 7134 * match. This is a nested attribute. 7135 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 7136 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 7137 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 7138 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 7139 * 7140 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 7141 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 7142 */ 7143 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 7144 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 7145 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 7146 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 7147 7148 /* keep last */ 7149 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 7150 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 7151 }; 7152 7153 /** 7154 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 7155 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 7156 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 7157 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 7158 */ 7159 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 7160 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 7161 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 7162 }; 7163 7164 /** 7165 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 7166 * responder attributes 7167 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7168 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 7169 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 7170 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 7171 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 7172 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 7173 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 7174 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 7175 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7176 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 7177 */ 7178 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 7179 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7180 7181 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 7182 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 7183 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 7184 7185 /* keep last */ 7186 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7187 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7188 }; 7189 7190 /* 7191 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 7192 * 7193 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 7194 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 7195 * 7196 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 7197 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 7198 * were ssfully answered (u32) 7199 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 7200 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 7201 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 7202 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 7203 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 7204 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 7205 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 7206 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 7207 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 7208 * phase with the responder (u32) 7209 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 7210 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 7211 * FTM slot (u32) 7212 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 7213 * scheduled window (u32) 7214 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 7215 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 7216 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 7217 */ 7218 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 7219 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 7220 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 7221 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 7222 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 7223 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 7224 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 7225 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 7226 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 7227 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 7228 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 7229 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 7230 7231 /* keep last */ 7232 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 7233 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 7234 }; 7235 7236 /** 7237 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 7238 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 7239 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 7240 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 7241 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 7242 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 7243 */ 7244 enum nl80211_preamble { 7245 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 7246 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 7247 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 7248 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 7249 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 7250 }; 7251 7252 /** 7253 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 7254 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 7255 * these numbers also for attributes 7256 * 7257 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 7258 * 7259 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 7260 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 7261 */ 7262 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 7263 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 7264 7265 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 7266 7267 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 7268 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 7269 }; 7270 7271 /** 7272 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 7273 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 7274 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 7275 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 7276 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 7277 * reason may be available in the response data 7278 */ 7279 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 7280 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 7281 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 7282 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 7283 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 7284 }; 7285 7286 /** 7287 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 7288 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7289 * 7290 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 7291 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 7292 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 7293 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 7294 * (flag attribute) 7295 * 7296 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 7297 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7298 */ 7299 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 7300 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7301 7302 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 7303 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 7304 7305 /* keep last */ 7306 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 7307 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 7308 }; 7309 7310 /** 7311 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 7312 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7313 * 7314 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 7315 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 7316 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 7317 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 7318 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 7319 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 7320 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 7321 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 7322 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 7323 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 7324 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 7325 * (u64, usec) 7326 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 7327 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 7328 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 7329 * result. 7330 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 7331 * 7332 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 7333 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7334 */ 7335 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 7336 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7337 7338 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 7339 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 7340 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 7341 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 7342 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 7343 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7344 7345 /* keep last */ 7346 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 7347 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 7348 }; 7349 7350 /** 7351 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 7352 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7353 * 7354 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 7355 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 7356 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 7357 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 7358 * measurement type, with attributes from the 7359 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 7360 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 7361 * measurement type, with attributes from the 7362 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 7363 * 7364 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 7365 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7366 */ 7367 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 7368 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 7369 7370 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 7371 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 7372 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 7373 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 7374 7375 /* keep last */ 7376 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 7377 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 7378 }; 7379 7380 /** 7381 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 7382 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7383 * 7384 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 7385 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 7386 * measurements can be done with in a single request 7387 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 7388 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 7389 * measurement results 7390 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 7391 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 7392 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 7393 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 7394 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 7395 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 7396 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 7397 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 7398 * sub-attributes taken from 7399 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 7400 * 7401 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 7402 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7403 */ 7404 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 7405 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 7406 7407 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 7408 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 7409 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 7410 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 7411 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 7412 7413 /* keep last */ 7414 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 7415 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 7416 }; 7417 7418 /** 7419 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 7420 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7421 * 7422 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 7423 * is supported 7424 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 7425 * mode is supported 7426 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 7427 * data can be requested during the measurement 7428 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 7429 * location data can be requested during the measurement 7430 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 7431 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 7432 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 7433 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 7434 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 7435 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 7436 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 7437 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 7438 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 7439 * is valid) 7440 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 7441 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 7442 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 7443 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 7444 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 7445 * if non-trigger-based ranging measurement is supported 7446 * 7447 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 7448 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7449 */ 7450 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 7451 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 7452 7453 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 7454 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 7455 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 7456 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 7457 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 7458 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 7459 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 7460 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7461 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7462 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7463 7464 /* keep last */ 7465 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 7466 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 7467 }; 7468 7469 /** 7470 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 7471 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7472 * 7473 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 7474 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 7475 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 7476 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 7477 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 7478 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 7479 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 7480 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 7481 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 7482 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 7483 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 7484 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 7485 * requested per burst 7486 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 7487 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 7488 * (u8, default 3) 7489 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 7490 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 7491 * (flag) 7492 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 7493 * measurement (flag). 7494 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 7495 * mutually exclusive. 7496 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7497 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7498 * ranging will be used. 7499 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non-trigger-based 7500 * ranging measurement (flag) 7501 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 7502 * mutually exclusive. 7503 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7504 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7505 * ranging will be used. 7506 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only 7507 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or 7508 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7509 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the 7510 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED 7511 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7512 * 7513 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 7514 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7515 */ 7516 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 7517 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7518 7519 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 7520 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 7521 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7522 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 7523 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7524 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7525 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 7526 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 7527 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 7528 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7529 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7530 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK, 7531 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR, 7532 7533 /* keep last */ 7534 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 7535 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 7536 }; 7537 7538 /** 7539 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 7540 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 7541 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 7542 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 7543 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 7544 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 7545 * try and get no response) 7546 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 7547 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 7548 * received 7549 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 7550 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 7551 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 7552 * by the peer and are no longer supported 7553 */ 7554 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 7555 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 7556 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 7557 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 7558 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 7559 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 7560 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 7561 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 7562 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 7563 }; 7564 7565 /** 7566 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 7567 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7568 * 7569 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 7570 * (u32, optional) 7571 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 7572 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 7573 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 7574 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 7575 * transmitted (u32, optional) 7576 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 7577 * that were acknowledged (u32, optional) 7578 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 7579 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 7580 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 7581 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 7582 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 7583 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 7584 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 7585 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 7586 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 7587 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 7588 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 7589 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 7590 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 7591 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 7592 * attributes) 7593 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 7594 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 7595 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 7596 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 7597 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 7598 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 7599 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 7600 * optional) 7601 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 7602 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 7603 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 7604 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 7605 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 7606 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 7607 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 7608 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 7609 * Type 8. 7610 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 7611 * (binary, optional); 7612 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 7613 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 7614 * Type 11. 7615 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 7616 * 7617 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 7618 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7619 */ 7620 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 7621 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7622 7623 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 7624 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 7625 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 7626 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 7627 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 7628 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7629 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7630 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7631 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 7632 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 7633 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 7634 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 7635 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 7636 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 7637 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 7638 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 7639 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 7640 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 7641 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 7642 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 7643 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7644 7645 /* keep last */ 7646 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 7647 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 7648 }; 7649 7650 /** 7651 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 7652 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7653 * 7654 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 7655 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 7656 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum 7657 * tx power offset. 7658 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color 7659 * values used by members of the SRG. 7660 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial 7661 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. 7662 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. 7663 * 7664 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7665 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 7666 */ 7667 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 7668 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 7669 7670 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 7671 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 7672 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, 7673 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 7674 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, 7675 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, 7676 7677 /* keep last */ 7678 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 7679 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7680 }; 7681 7682 /** 7683 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 7684 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7685 * 7686 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 7687 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 7688 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 7689 * 7690 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7691 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 7692 */ 7693 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 7694 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 7695 7696 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 7697 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 7698 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 7699 7700 /* keep last */ 7701 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 7702 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7703 }; 7704 7705 /** 7706 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 7707 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7708 * 7709 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 7710 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 7711 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 7712 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 7713 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 7714 * 7715 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7716 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 7717 */ 7718 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 7719 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 7720 7721 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 7722 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 7723 7724 /* keep last */ 7725 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 7726 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7727 }; 7728 7729 /** 7730 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration 7731 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 7732 * 7733 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7734 * 7735 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU). 7736 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7737 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7738 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit). If set to 0, the feature is disabled. 7739 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action 7740 * frame including the headers. 7741 * 7742 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7743 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7744 */ 7745 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes { 7746 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID, 7747 7748 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN, 7749 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX, 7750 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL, 7751 7752 /* keep last */ 7753 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST, 7754 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1 7755 }; 7756 7757 /* 7758 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and 7759 * mandatory fields. 7760 */ 7761 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42 7762 7763 /** 7764 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe 7765 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz. 7766 * 7767 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7768 * 7769 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7770 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 7771 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). If set to 0, the feature is 7772 * disabled. 7773 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response 7774 * frame template (binary). 7775 * 7776 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7777 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7778 */ 7779 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes { 7780 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7781 7782 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT, 7783 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL, 7784 7785 /* keep last */ 7786 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7787 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX = 7788 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1 7789 }; 7790 7791 /** 7792 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 7793 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is 7794 * used. 7795 * 7796 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that 7797 * attribute is not present from userspace. 7798 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only 7799 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only 7800 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element 7801 * can be used. 7802 */ 7803 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism { 7804 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED, 7805 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK, 7806 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT, 7807 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH, 7808 }; 7809 7810 /** 7811 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs 7812 * 7813 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit 7814 * 7815 */ 7816 enum nl80211_sar_type { 7817 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER, 7818 7819 /* add new type here */ 7820 7821 /* Keep last */ 7822 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE, 7823 }; 7824 7825 /** 7826 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec 7827 * 7828 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type. 7829 * 7830 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power 7831 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set 7832 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 7833 * 7834 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER 7835 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX. 7836 * 7837 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of 7838 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ 7839 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ. 7840 * 7841 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7842 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute 7843 * 7844 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC 7845 */ 7846 enum nl80211_sar_attrs { 7847 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID, 7848 7849 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE, 7850 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS, 7851 7852 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST, 7853 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7854 }; 7855 7856 /** 7857 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs 7858 * 7859 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual 7860 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is 7861 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm). 7862 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range. 7863 * 7864 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the 7865 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation 7866 * is applied to this range. 7867 * 7868 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver, 7869 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't 7870 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the 7871 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any 7872 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power 7873 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range. 7874 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation. 7875 * 7876 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation. 7877 * 7878 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start 7879 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 7880 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 7881 * 7882 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end 7883 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 7884 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 7885 * 7886 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal 7887 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute 7888 */ 7889 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs { 7890 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID, 7891 7892 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER, 7893 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX, 7894 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ, 7895 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ, 7896 7897 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST, 7898 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1, 7899 }; 7900 7901 /** 7902 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced 7903 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode. 7904 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for 7905 * MBSSID and EMA. 7906 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the 7907 * features. 7908 * 7909 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7910 * 7911 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise 7912 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver. 7913 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting 7914 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2. 7915 * 7916 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel 7917 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver 7918 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace 7919 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to 7920 * a non-zero value. 7921 * 7922 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of 7923 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set. 7924 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for 7925 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible 7926 * for using unique indices for the interfaces. 7927 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1. 7928 * 7929 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for 7930 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of 7931 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface 7932 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up 7933 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match 7934 * the interface index of the same. 7935 * 7936 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature. 7937 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support 7938 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero. 7939 * 7940 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7941 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7942 */ 7943 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes { 7944 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 7945 7946 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES, 7947 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY, 7948 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX, 7949 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX, 7950 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA, 7951 7952 /* keep last */ 7953 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST, 7954 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7955 }; 7956 7957 /** 7958 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 7959 * 7960 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external 7961 * authentication. 7962 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query 7963 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises 7964 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall 7965 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by 7966 * userspace. 7967 */ 7968 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags { 7969 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0, 7970 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1, 7971 }; 7972 7973 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 7974